1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, 327 ParsedType ObjectType) { 328 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) 329 return nullptr; 330 331 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) { 332 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid); 333 return nullptr; 334 } 335 336 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype && 337 "unexpected type in getDestructorType"); 338 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 339 340 // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor 341 // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way. 342 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 343 if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() && 344 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 345 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 346 << T << SearchType; 347 return nullptr; 348 } 349 350 return ParsedType::make(T); 351 } 352 353 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 354 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 355 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 356 357 if (!SS.isValid()) 358 return false; 359 360 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 364 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 365 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 366 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 367 // case where the scope is dependent. 368 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 369 << SS.getScopeRep(); 370 return true; 371 372 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 373 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 374 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 375 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 376 return false; 377 } 378 379 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 380 } 381 382 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 383 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 384 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 385 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 386 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 387 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 388 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 389 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 390 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 391 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 392 Qualifiers Quals; 393 QualType T 394 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 395 Quals); 396 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 397 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 398 return ExprError(); 399 400 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 401 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 402 403 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 404 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 405 } 406 407 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 408 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 409 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 410 Expr *E, 411 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 412 bool WasEvaluated = false; 413 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 414 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 415 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 416 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 417 E = result.get(); 418 } 419 420 QualType T = E->getType(); 421 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 422 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 423 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 424 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 425 // shall be completely-defined. 426 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 427 return ExprError(); 428 429 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 430 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 431 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 432 // operand. [...] 433 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 434 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 435 // and recheck the subexpression. 436 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 437 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 438 E = Result.get(); 439 440 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 441 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 442 WasEvaluated = true; 443 } 444 } 445 446 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 447 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 448 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 449 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 450 // type. 451 Qualifiers Quals; 452 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 453 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 454 T = UnqualT; 455 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 456 } 457 } 458 459 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 460 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 461 << E->getType()); 462 else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && 463 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 464 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 465 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 466 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 467 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 468 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 469 } 470 471 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 472 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 473 } 474 475 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 476 ExprResult 477 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 478 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 479 // Find the std::type_info type. 480 if (!getStdNamespace()) 481 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 482 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 484 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 485 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 486 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 487 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 488 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 489 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 490 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 491 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 492 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 493 } 494 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 495 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 496 } 497 498 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 499 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 500 } 501 502 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 503 504 if (isType) { 505 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 506 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 507 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 508 &TInfo); 509 if (T.isNull()) 510 return ExprError(); 511 512 if (!TInfo) 513 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 514 515 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 516 } 517 518 // The operand is an expression. 519 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 520 } 521 522 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 523 /// a single GUID. 524 static void 525 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 526 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 527 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 528 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 529 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 530 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 531 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 532 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 533 534 const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl(); 535 if (!TD) 536 return; 537 538 if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 539 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 540 return; 541 } 542 543 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 544 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) { 545 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 546 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 547 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 548 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 549 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 550 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 551 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 552 553 if (UuidForTA) 554 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 555 } 556 } 557 } 558 559 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 560 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 561 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 562 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 563 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 564 StringRef UuidStr; 565 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 566 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 567 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 568 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 569 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 570 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 571 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 572 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 573 } 574 575 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 576 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 577 } 578 579 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 580 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 581 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 582 Expr *E, 583 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 584 StringRef UuidStr; 585 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 586 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 587 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 588 } else { 589 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 590 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 591 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 592 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 593 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 594 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 595 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 596 } 597 } 598 599 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 600 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 601 } 602 603 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 604 ExprResult 605 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 606 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 607 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 608 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 609 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 610 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 611 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 612 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 613 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 614 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 615 } 616 617 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 618 619 if (isType) { 620 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 621 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 622 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 623 &TInfo); 624 if (T.isNull()) 625 return ExprError(); 626 627 if (!TInfo) 628 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 629 630 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 631 } 632 633 // The operand is an expression. 634 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 635 } 636 637 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 638 ExprResult 639 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 640 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 641 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 642 return new (Context) 643 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 644 } 645 646 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 647 ExprResult 648 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 649 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 650 } 651 652 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 653 ExprResult 654 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 655 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 656 if (Ex) { 657 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 658 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 659 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 660 // 661 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 662 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 663 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 664 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 665 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 666 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 667 // exception object 668 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 669 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 670 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 671 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 672 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 673 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 674 break; 675 } 676 677 if (S->getFlags() & 678 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 679 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 680 Scope::TryScope)) 681 break; 682 } 683 } 684 } 685 } 686 687 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 688 } 689 690 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 691 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 692 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 693 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 694 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 695 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 696 697 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. 698 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 699 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions) 700 << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget(); 701 702 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 703 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 704 705 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 706 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 707 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 708 return ExprError(); 709 710 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 711 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 712 713 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 714 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 715 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 716 // 717 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 718 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 719 // catch-clause 720 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 721 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 722 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 723 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 724 // exception object 725 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 726 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 727 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 728 729 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 730 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 731 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 732 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 733 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 734 if (Res.isInvalid()) 735 return ExprError(); 736 Ex = Res.get(); 737 } 738 739 return new (Context) 740 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 741 } 742 743 static void 744 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 745 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 746 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 747 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 748 bool ParentIsPublic) { 749 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 750 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 751 bool NewSubobject; 752 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 753 // always distinct subobjects. 754 if (BS.isVirtual()) 755 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 756 else 757 NewSubobject = true; 758 759 if (NewSubobject) 760 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 761 762 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 763 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 764 if (PublicPath) 765 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 766 767 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 768 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 769 PublicPath); 770 } 771 } 772 773 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 774 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 775 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 776 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 777 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 778 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 779 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 780 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 781 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 782 783 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 784 // Skip ambiguous objects. 785 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 786 continue; 787 788 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 789 } 790 } 791 792 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 793 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 794 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 795 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 796 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 797 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 798 bool isPointer = false; 799 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 800 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 801 isPointer = true; 802 } 803 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 804 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 805 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 806 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 807 E->getSourceRange())) 808 return true; 809 810 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 811 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 812 return true; 813 } 814 815 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 816 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 817 if (!RD) 818 return false; 819 820 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 821 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 822 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 823 824 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 825 if (isPointer) 826 return false; 827 828 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 829 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 830 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 831 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 832 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 833 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 834 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 835 return true; 836 } 837 } 838 839 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 840 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 841 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 842 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 843 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 844 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 845 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 846 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 847 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 848 849 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 850 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 851 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 852 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 853 // lookup and overload resolution. 854 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 855 if (!CD) 856 continue; 857 858 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 859 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 860 861 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 862 // in the catchable type data. 863 if (CD->isTrivial()) 864 continue; 865 866 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 867 // type to this constructor. 868 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 869 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 870 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 871 // friendship or any other means). 872 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 873 874 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 875 // we must rebuild them here. 876 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 877 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I))) 878 return true; 879 } 880 } 881 } 882 883 return false; 884 } 885 886 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 887 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 888 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 889 890 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 891 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 892 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 893 894 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 895 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 896 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 897 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 898 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 899 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 900 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 901 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 902 // 903 904 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 905 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 906 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 907 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 908 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 909 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 910 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 911 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 912 913 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 914 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 915 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 916 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 917 918 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 919 continue; 920 921 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 922 923 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 924 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 925 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 926 ClassType.addConst(); 927 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 928 } 929 } 930 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 931 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 932 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 933 assert(CurLSI); 934 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 935 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 936 937 auto IsThisCaptured = 938 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 939 IsConst = false; 940 IsByCopy = false; 941 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 942 if (C.capturesThis()) { 943 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 944 IsByCopy = true; 945 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 946 IsConst = true; 947 return true; 948 } 949 } 950 return false; 951 }; 952 953 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 954 bool IsConstCapture = false; 955 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 956 while (Closure && 957 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 958 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 959 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 960 if (IsConstCapture) 961 ClassType.addConst(); 962 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 963 } 964 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 965 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 966 : nullptr; 967 } 968 } 969 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 970 } 971 972 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 973 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 974 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 975 976 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 977 if (method && method->isInstance()) 978 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 979 } 980 981 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 982 inTemplateInstantiation()) { 983 984 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 985 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 986 987 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 988 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 989 // the 'this' type from it. 990 991 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 992 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 993 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 994 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 995 } 996 997 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 998 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 999 // captures '*this' by copy. 1000 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 1001 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 1002 CurContext, Context); 1003 return ThisTy; 1004 } 1005 1006 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 1007 Decl *ContextDecl, 1008 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 1009 bool Enabled) 1010 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1011 { 1012 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1013 return; 1014 1015 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1016 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1017 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1018 else 1019 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1020 1021 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1022 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1023 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1024 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1025 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1026 1027 this->Enabled = true; 1028 } 1029 1030 1031 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1032 if (Enabled) { 1033 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1034 } 1035 } 1036 1037 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1038 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1039 const bool ByCopy) { 1040 1041 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1042 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1043 // copy'). 1044 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1045 if (ByCopy) { 1046 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1047 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1048 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1049 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1050 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1051 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1052 } 1053 1054 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1055 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1056 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1057 ICIS_NoInit); 1058 1059 Field->setImplicit(true); 1060 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1061 RD->addDecl(Field); 1062 Expr *This = 1063 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1064 if (ByCopy) { 1065 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1066 UO_Deref, 1067 This).get(); 1068 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1069 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1070 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1071 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1072 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1073 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1074 return ER.get(); 1075 } 1076 return This; 1077 } 1078 1079 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1080 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1081 const bool ByCopy) { 1082 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1083 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1084 return true; 1085 1086 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1087 1088 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1089 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1090 1091 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1092 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1093 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1094 1095 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1096 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1097 // [*this] { ... }. 1098 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1099 // capture. 1100 1101 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1102 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1103 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1104 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1105 // AND 1106 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1107 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1108 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1109 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1110 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1111 // *enclosing object* 1112 1113 1114 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1115 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1116 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1117 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1118 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1119 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1120 CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); 1121 break; 1122 } 1123 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1124 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1125 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1126 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1127 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1128 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1129 return true; 1130 } 1131 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1132 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1133 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1134 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1135 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1136 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1137 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1138 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1139 1140 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1141 NumCapturingClosures++; 1142 continue; 1143 } 1144 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1145 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1146 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1147 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1148 return true; 1149 } 1150 break; 1151 } 1152 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1153 1154 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1155 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1156 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1157 1158 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1159 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1160 // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1161 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1162 // above)). 1163 assert((!ByCopy || 1164 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1165 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1166 "*this) by copy"); 1167 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1168 // contexts. 1169 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1170 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1171 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1172 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1173 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1174 1175 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1176 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1177 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1178 // iteration. 1179 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1180 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1181 1182 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1183 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1184 ThisExpr = 1185 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1186 false/*ByCopy*/); 1187 1188 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1189 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1190 } 1191 return false; 1192 } 1193 1194 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1195 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1196 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1197 /// which the function is called. 1198 1199 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1200 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1201 1202 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1203 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1204 } 1205 1206 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1207 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1208 // type for 'this'. 1209 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1210 return false; 1211 1212 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1213 // defined. 1214 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1215 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1216 } 1217 1218 ExprResult 1219 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1220 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1221 MultiExprArg exprs, 1222 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1223 if (!TypeRep) 1224 return ExprError(); 1225 1226 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1227 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1228 if (!TInfo) 1229 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1230 1231 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1232 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1233 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1234 // checking for embedded typos. 1235 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1236 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1237 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1238 return Result; 1239 } 1240 1241 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1242 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1243 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1244 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1245 ExprResult 1246 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1247 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1248 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1249 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1250 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1251 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1252 1253 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1254 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1255 RParenLoc); 1256 } 1257 1258 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1259 assert((!ListInitialization || 1260 (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && 1261 "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1262 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1263 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1264 1265 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1266 InitializationKind Kind = 1267 Exprs.size() 1268 ? ListInitialization 1269 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1270 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, 1271 RParenLoc) 1272 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1273 1274 // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1: 1275 // If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class 1276 // template argument deduction...] 1277 DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType(); 1278 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 1279 Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity, 1280 Kind, Exprs); 1281 if (Ty.isNull()) 1282 return ExprError(); 1283 Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty); 1284 } 1285 1286 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1287 // If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type 1288 // conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in 1289 // meaning) to the corresponding cast expression. 1290 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization && 1291 !isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) { 1292 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1293 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1294 } 1295 1296 // For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type. 1297 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1298 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1299 if (!ListInitialization) 1300 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) 1301 << FullRange); 1302 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1303 } 1304 1305 // There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands 1306 // we only construct objects with object types. 1307 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) 1308 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type) 1309 << Ty << FullRange); 1310 1311 // C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2: 1312 // If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a 1313 // prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization. 1314 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1315 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1316 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1317 return ExprError(); 1318 1319 // Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose 1320 // result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer. 1321 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1322 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1323 1324 if (Result.isInvalid()) 1325 return Result; 1326 1327 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1328 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1329 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1330 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) && 1331 !isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) { 1332 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1333 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1334 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1335 // 1336 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1337 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1338 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1339 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1340 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1341 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1342 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, 1343 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1344 } 1345 1346 return Result; 1347 } 1348 1349 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1350 /// deallocation function. 1351 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1352 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1353 return false; 1354 1355 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1356 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1357 1358 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1359 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1360 return false; 1361 1362 unsigned UsualParams = 1; 1363 1364 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1365 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1366 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1367 S.Context.getSizeType())) 1368 ++UsualParams; 1369 1370 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1371 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1372 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1373 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) 1374 ++UsualParams; 1375 1376 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); 1377 } 1378 1379 namespace { 1380 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { 1381 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} 1382 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) 1383 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), 1384 HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { 1385 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. 1386 if (!FD) 1387 return; 1388 if (FD->getNumParams() == 3) 1389 HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; 1390 else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) { 1391 HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType(); 1392 HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; 1393 } 1394 1395 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. 1396 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) 1397 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) 1398 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); 1399 } 1400 1401 operator bool() const { return FD; } 1402 1403 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, 1404 bool WantAlign) const { 1405 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1406 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter 1407 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without 1408 // such a parameter is preferred 1409 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) 1410 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; 1411 1412 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) 1413 return HasSizeT == WantSize; 1414 1415 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. 1416 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; 1417 } 1418 1419 DeclAccessPair Found; 1420 FunctionDecl *FD; 1421 bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; 1422 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; 1423 }; 1424 } 1425 1426 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when 1427 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee 1428 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is 1429 /// not known. 1430 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { 1431 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1432 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > 1433 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1434 } 1435 1436 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of 1437 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). 1438 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( 1439 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, 1440 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { 1441 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; 1442 1443 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1444 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); 1445 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || 1446 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) 1447 continue; 1448 1449 if (!Best) { 1450 Best = Info; 1451 if (BestFns) 1452 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1453 continue; 1454 } 1455 1456 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1457 continue; 1458 1459 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred 1460 // functions are eliminated from further consideration. 1461 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1462 BestFns->clear(); 1463 1464 Best = Info; 1465 if (BestFns) 1466 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1467 } 1468 1469 return Best; 1470 } 1471 1472 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call 1473 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that 1474 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is 1475 /// trivially-destructible). 1476 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1477 QualType allocType) { 1478 const RecordType *record = 1479 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1480 if (!record) return false; 1481 1482 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1483 1484 DeclarationName deleteName = 1485 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1486 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1487 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1488 1489 // We're just doing this for information. 1490 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1491 1492 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1493 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1494 1495 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1496 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1497 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1498 1499 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1500 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 1501 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 1502 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( 1503 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, 1504 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); 1505 return Best && Best.HasSizeT; 1506 } 1507 1508 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1509 /// 1510 /// E.g.: 1511 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1512 /// or 1513 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1514 /// 1515 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1516 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1517 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1518 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1519 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1520 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1521 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1522 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1523 /// if there is none. 1524 ExprResult 1525 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1526 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1527 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1528 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1529 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1530 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1531 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1532 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1533 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1534 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) 1535 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1536 << D.getSourceRange()); 1537 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1538 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1539 << D.getSourceRange()); 1540 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1541 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1542 << D.getSourceRange()); 1543 1544 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1545 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1546 } 1547 1548 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1549 if (ArraySize) { 1550 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1551 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1552 break; 1553 1554 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1555 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1556 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1558 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1559 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1560 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1561 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1562 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1563 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1564 Array.NumElts 1565 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1566 CCEK_NewExpr) 1567 .get(); 1568 } else { 1569 Array.NumElts 1570 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1571 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1572 .get(); 1573 } 1574 if (!Array.NumElts) 1575 return ExprError(); 1576 } 1577 } 1578 } 1579 } 1580 1581 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1582 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1583 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1584 return ExprError(); 1585 1586 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1587 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1588 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1589 1590 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1591 PlacementLParen, 1592 PlacementArgs, 1593 PlacementRParen, 1594 TypeIdParens, 1595 AllocType, 1596 TInfo, 1597 ArraySize, 1598 DirectInitRange, 1599 Initializer); 1600 } 1601 1602 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1603 Expr *Init) { 1604 if (!Init) 1605 return true; 1606 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1607 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1608 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1609 return true; 1610 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1611 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1612 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1613 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1614 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1615 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1616 return true; 1617 } 1618 return false; 1619 } 1620 1621 ExprResult 1622 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1623 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1624 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1625 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1626 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1627 QualType AllocType, 1628 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1629 Expr *ArraySize, 1630 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1631 Expr *Initializer) { 1632 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1633 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1634 1635 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1636 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1637 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1638 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1639 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1640 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1641 else { 1642 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1643 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1644 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1645 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1646 } 1647 1648 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1649 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1650 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1651 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1652 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1653 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1654 } 1655 1656 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1657 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1658 // object as follows: 1659 InitializationKind Kind 1660 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1661 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1662 // the object has indeterminate value 1663 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1664 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1665 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1666 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1667 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1668 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1669 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1670 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1671 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1672 1673 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1674 auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType(); 1675 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 1676 if (ArraySize) 1677 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getExprLoc(), 1678 diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type) 1679 << /*array*/ 2 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1680 1681 InitializedEntity Entity 1682 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType); 1683 AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( 1684 AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1685 if (AllocType.isNull()) 1686 return ExprError(); 1687 } else if (Deduced) { 1688 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1689 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1690 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1691 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1692 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1693 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1694 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1695 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1696 if (NumInits > 1) { 1697 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1698 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1699 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1700 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1701 } 1702 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1703 QualType DeducedType; 1704 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1705 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1706 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1707 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1708 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1709 return ExprError(); 1710 AllocType = DeducedType; 1711 } 1712 1713 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1714 // typedef of an array type. 1715 if (!ArraySize) { 1716 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1717 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1718 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1719 Context.getSizeType(), 1720 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1721 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1722 } 1723 } 1724 1725 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1726 return ExprError(); 1727 1728 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1729 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1730 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1731 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1732 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1733 } 1734 1735 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1736 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1737 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1738 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1739 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1740 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1741 } 1742 1743 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1744 1745 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1746 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1747 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1748 ArraySize = result.get(); 1749 } 1750 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1751 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1752 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1753 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1754 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1755 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1756 // std::size_t. 1757 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; 1758 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1759 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1761 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1762 1763 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1764 AA_Converting); 1765 1766 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1767 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1768 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1769 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1770 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1771 } else { 1772 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1773 protected: 1774 Expr *ArraySize; 1775 1776 public: 1777 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1778 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1779 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1780 1781 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1782 QualType T) override { 1783 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1784 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1785 } 1786 1787 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1788 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1789 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1790 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1791 } 1792 1793 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1794 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1795 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1796 } 1797 1798 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1799 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1800 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1801 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1802 } 1803 1804 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1805 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1806 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1807 } 1808 1809 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1810 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1811 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1812 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1813 } 1814 1815 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1816 QualType T, 1817 QualType ConvTy) override { 1818 return S.Diag(Loc, 1819 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1820 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1821 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1822 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1823 } 1824 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1825 1826 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1827 SizeDiagnoser); 1828 } 1829 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1830 return ExprError(); 1831 1832 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1833 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1834 1835 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1836 return ExprError(); 1837 1838 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1839 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1840 // with a non-negative value. 1841 // 1842 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, 1843 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an 1844 // unparenthesized array type. 1845 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1846 llvm::APSInt Value; 1847 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1848 // unscoped enumeration type. 1849 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to 1850 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in 1851 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! 1852 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1853 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 1854 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1855 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1856 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1857 } 1858 1859 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1860 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1861 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1862 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) 1863 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1864 diag::err_array_too_large) 1865 << Value.toString(10) 1866 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1867 } 1868 1869 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); 1870 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1871 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1872 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1873 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1875 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1876 1877 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1878 } 1879 } 1880 1881 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1882 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1883 } 1884 1885 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1886 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1887 unsigned Alignment = 1888 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); 1889 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1890 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1891 Alignment > NewAlignment; 1892 1893 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1894 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1895 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1896 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1897 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, 1898 PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1899 return ExprError(); 1900 1901 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1902 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1903 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1904 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1905 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 1906 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1907 1908 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1909 if (OperatorNew) { 1910 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1911 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1912 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1913 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1914 1915 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1916 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1917 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the 1918 // alignment; we've already filled it in. 1919 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1920 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, 1921 AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1922 return ExprError(); 1923 1924 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1925 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1926 1927 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1928 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1929 1930 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1931 1932 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) 1933 // global operator new. 1934 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && 1935 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1936 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1937 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1938 if (Alignment > NewAlignment) 1939 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1940 << AllocType 1941 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) 1942 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); 1943 } 1944 } 1945 1946 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1947 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1948 // dialect distinction. 1949 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1950 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1951 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1952 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1953 return ExprError(); 1954 } 1955 1956 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1957 // do it now. 1958 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1959 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1960 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1961 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. 1962 QualType InitType; 1963 if (KnownArraySize) 1964 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 1965 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), 1966 *KnownArraySize), 1967 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1968 else if (ArraySize) 1969 InitType = 1970 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1971 else 1972 InitType = AllocType; 1973 1974 InitializedEntity Entity 1975 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1976 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 1977 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1978 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1979 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1980 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1981 return ExprError(); 1982 1983 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1984 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1985 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. 1986 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1987 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1988 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1989 1990 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1991 } 1992 1993 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1994 if (OperatorNew) { 1995 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1996 return ExprError(); 1997 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1998 } 1999 if (OperatorDelete) { 2000 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 2001 return ExprError(); 2002 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2003 } 2004 2005 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 2006 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 2007 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 2008 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2009 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 2010 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2011 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 2012 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 2013 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 2014 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 2015 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 2016 << BaseAllocType); 2017 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 2018 return ExprError(); 2019 } 2020 } 2021 } 2022 2023 return new (Context) 2024 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, 2025 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 2026 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 2027 Range, DirectInitRange); 2028 } 2029 2030 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 2031 /// in a new-expression. 2032 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 2033 SourceRange R) { 2034 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 2035 // abstract class type or array thereof. 2036 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 2037 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2038 << AllocType << 0 << R; 2039 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 2040 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2041 << AllocType << 1 << R; 2042 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 2043 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 2044 return true; 2045 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 2046 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2047 return true; 2048 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2049 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 2050 << AllocType; 2051 else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 2052 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 2053 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() 2054 << AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue(); 2055 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 2056 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 2057 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 2058 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 2059 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 2060 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 2061 << BaseAllocType; 2062 } 2063 } 2064 2065 return false; 2066 } 2067 2068 static bool 2069 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, 2070 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment, 2071 FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2072 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr, 2073 Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) { 2074 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), 2075 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2076 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2077 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2078 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2079 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2080 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2081 2082 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2083 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2084 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, 2085 Candidates, 2086 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2087 continue; 2088 } 2089 2090 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2091 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2092 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2093 } 2094 2095 // Do the resolution. 2096 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2097 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 2098 case OR_Success: { 2099 // Got one! 2100 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2101 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2102 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) 2103 return true; 2104 2105 Operator = FnDecl; 2106 return false; 2107 } 2108 2109 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2110 // C++17 [expr.new]p13: 2111 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has 2112 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the 2113 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. 2114 if (PassAlignment) { 2115 PassAlignment = false; 2116 AlignArg = Args[1]; 2117 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2118 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2119 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg); 2120 } 2121 2122 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2123 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2124 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2125 // will not replicate that bug. 2126 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback 2127 // once MSVC implements it. 2128 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && 2129 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 2130 R.clear(); 2131 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); 2132 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2133 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. 2134 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2135 Operator, nullptr); 2136 } 2137 2138 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2139 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2140 2141 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates 2142 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from 2143 // Candidates. 2144 if (AlignedCandidates) { 2145 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { 2146 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && 2147 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); 2148 }; 2149 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; 2150 2151 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates 2152 // first. 2153 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); 2154 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", 2155 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); 2156 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2157 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), 2158 IsUnaligned); 2159 } else { 2160 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2161 } 2162 return true; 2163 2164 case OR_Ambiguous: 2165 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2166 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2167 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2168 return true; 2169 2170 case OR_Deleted: { 2171 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2172 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2173 << R.getLookupName() 2174 << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2175 << Range; 2176 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2177 return true; 2178 } 2179 } 2180 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2181 } 2182 2183 2184 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 2185 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 2186 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2187 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 2188 bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment, 2189 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 2190 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 2191 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 2192 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 2193 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 2194 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 2195 // in the scope of the allocated class. 2196 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 2197 // operator new. 2198 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 2199 // placement form. 2200 2201 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; 2202 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); 2203 2204 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. 2205 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 2206 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 2207 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. 2208 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 2209 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 2210 Context.getSizeType(), 2211 SourceLocation()); 2212 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); 2213 2214 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; 2215 if (PassAlignment) { 2216 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2217 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); 2218 } 2219 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); 2220 if (PassAlignment) 2221 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); 2222 2223 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); 2224 2225 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 2226 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 2227 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 2228 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 2229 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 2230 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 2231 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2232 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 2233 2234 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2235 2236 // Find the allocation function. 2237 { 2238 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2239 2240 // C++1z [expr.new]p9: 2241 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation 2242 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the 2243 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation 2244 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. 2245 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) 2246 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); 2247 2248 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in 2249 // multiple base classes. 2250 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2251 return true; 2252 2253 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not 2254 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the 2255 // global scope. 2256 if (R.empty()) 2257 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2258 2259 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found"); 2260 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous"); 2261 2262 // We do our own custom access checks below. 2263 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2264 2265 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, 2266 OperatorNew)) 2267 return true; 2268 } 2269 2270 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. 2271 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2272 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2273 return false; 2274 } 2275 2276 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to 2277 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. 2278 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2279 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New 2280 ? OO_Array_Delete 2281 : OO_Delete); 2282 2283 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2284 // 2285 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2286 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2287 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2288 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2289 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2290 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2291 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2292 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2293 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2294 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2295 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2296 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2297 } 2298 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2299 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2300 2301 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); 2302 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2303 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2304 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2305 } 2306 2307 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2308 2309 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2310 2311 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2312 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2313 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2314 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2315 // A *a = new A() 2316 // 2317 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" 2318 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose 2319 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). 2320 // 2321 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? 2322 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned 2323 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. 2324 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || 2325 OperatorNew->isVariadic(); 2326 2327 if (isPlacementNew) { 2328 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2329 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2330 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2331 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2332 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2333 // identical. [...] 2334 // 2335 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2336 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2337 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2338 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2339 { 2340 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2341 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2342 2343 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2344 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2345 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2346 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2347 2348 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2349 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. 2350 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2351 2352 ExpectedFunctionType 2353 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2354 } 2355 2356 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2357 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2358 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2359 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2360 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = 2361 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2362 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2363 // expected function type. 2364 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2365 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2366 Info)) 2367 continue; 2368 } else 2369 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2370 2371 if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(), 2372 ExpectedFunctionType, 2373 /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true), 2374 ExpectedFunctionType)) 2375 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2376 } 2377 2378 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2379 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2380 } else { 2381 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2382 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2383 // function lookup is used 2384 // 2385 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete 2386 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete 2387 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). 2388 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; 2389 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( 2390 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, 2391 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), 2392 &BestDeallocFns); 2393 if (Selected) 2394 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); 2395 else { 2396 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable 2397 // but ambiguous. 2398 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) 2399 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); 2400 } 2401 } 2402 2403 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2404 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2405 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2406 // deallocation function will be called. 2407 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2408 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2409 2410 // C++1z [expr.new]p23: 2411 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) 2412 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered 2413 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2414 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2415 // is ill-formed. 2416 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && 2417 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2418 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, 2419 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); 2420 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: 2421 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding 2422 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized 2423 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. 2424 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; 2425 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { 2426 auto NonSizedDelete = 2427 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, 2428 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); 2429 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && 2430 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) 2431 IsSizedDelete = false; 2432 } 2433 2434 if (IsSizedDelete) { 2435 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() 2436 ? SourceRange() 2437 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2438 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2439 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; 2440 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2441 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2442 << DeleteName; 2443 } 2444 } 2445 2446 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2447 Matches[0].first); 2448 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2449 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we 2450 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. 2451 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. 2452 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) 2453 << DeleteName << AllocElemType; 2454 2455 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2456 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), 2457 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; 2458 } 2459 2460 return false; 2461 } 2462 2463 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2464 /// delete. These are: 2465 /// @code 2466 /// // C++03: 2467 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2468 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2469 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2470 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2471 /// // C++11: 2472 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2473 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2474 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2475 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2476 /// // C++1y: 2477 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2478 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2479 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2480 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2481 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2482 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2483 /// @endcode 2484 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2485 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2486 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2487 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2488 return; 2489 2490 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2491 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2492 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2493 // program 2494 // 2495 // C++03: 2496 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2497 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2498 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2499 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2500 // C++11: 2501 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2502 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2503 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2504 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2505 // C++1y: 2506 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2507 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2508 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2509 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2510 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2511 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2512 // 2513 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2514 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2515 // 2516 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2517 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2518 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2519 // lookup. 2520 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2521 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2522 // implicitly. 2523 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2524 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2525 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2526 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2527 nullptr); 2528 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2529 } 2530 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { 2531 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it 2532 // implicitly. 2533 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( 2534 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2535 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); 2536 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); 2537 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); 2538 AlignValT->setImplicit(true); 2539 StdAlignValT = AlignValT; 2540 } 2541 2542 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2543 2544 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2545 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2546 2547 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, 2548 QualType Return, QualType Param) { 2549 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; 2550 Params.push_back(Param); 2551 2552 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). 2553 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && 2554 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); 2555 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; 2556 2557 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2558 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2559 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { 2560 if (Sized) 2561 Params.push_back(SizeT); 2562 2563 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { 2564 if (Aligned) 2565 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); 2566 2567 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2568 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); 2569 2570 if (Aligned) 2571 Params.pop_back(); 2572 } 2573 } 2574 }; 2575 2576 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2577 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2578 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2579 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2580 } 2581 2582 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2583 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2584 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2585 QualType Return, 2586 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { 2587 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2588 2589 // Check if this function is already declared. 2590 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2591 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2592 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2593 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2594 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2595 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2596 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { 2597 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; 2598 for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) 2599 FuncParams.push_back( 2600 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); 2601 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { 2602 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2603 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2604 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2605 Func->setHidden(false); 2606 return; 2607 } 2608 } 2609 } 2610 } 2611 2612 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2613 2614 QualType BadAllocType; 2615 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2616 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2617 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2618 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2619 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2620 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2621 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2622 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2623 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2624 } 2625 } else { 2626 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2627 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2628 } 2629 2630 auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) { 2631 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); 2632 FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create( 2633 Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, 2634 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2635 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2636 2637 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2638 Alloc->addAttr( 2639 VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2640 2641 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls; 2642 for (QualType T : Params) { 2643 ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create( 2644 Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T, 2645 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); 2646 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); 2647 } 2648 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); 2649 if (ExtraAttr) 2650 Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr); 2651 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2652 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2653 }; 2654 2655 if (!LangOpts.CUDA) 2656 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr); 2657 else { 2658 // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be 2659 // defined or re-declared independently. 2660 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2661 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2662 } 2663 } 2664 2665 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2666 bool CanProvideSize, 2667 bool Overaligned, 2668 DeclarationName Name) { 2669 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2670 2671 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2672 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2673 2674 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a 2675 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We 2676 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation 2677 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. 2678 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, 2679 Overaligned); 2680 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?"); 2681 return Result.FD; 2682 } 2683 2684 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, 2685 CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 2686 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2687 2688 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2689 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) 2690 return nullptr; 2691 if (OperatorDelete) 2692 return OperatorDelete; 2693 2694 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global 2695 // non-array delete. 2696 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2697 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), 2698 Name); 2699 } 2700 2701 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2702 DeclarationName Name, 2703 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2704 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2705 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2706 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2707 2708 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2709 return true; 2710 2711 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2712 2713 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); 2714 2715 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 2716 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 2717 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 2718 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; 2719 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, 2720 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); 2721 2722 // If we could find an overload, use it. 2723 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2724 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); 2725 2726 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? 2727 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2728 if (Diagnose) { 2729 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2730 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2731 } 2732 return true; 2733 } 2734 2735 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2736 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2737 return true; 2738 2739 return false; 2740 } 2741 2742 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2743 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent 2744 // is that this should never happen. 2745 if (!Matches.empty()) { 2746 if (Diagnose) { 2747 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2748 << Name << RD; 2749 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2750 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2751 } 2752 return true; 2753 } 2754 2755 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2756 // none of them were suitable. 2757 if (!Found.empty()) { 2758 if (Diagnose) { 2759 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2760 << Name << RD; 2761 2762 for (NamedDecl *D : Found) 2763 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2764 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2765 } 2766 return true; 2767 } 2768 2769 Operator = nullptr; 2770 return false; 2771 } 2772 2773 namespace { 2774 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2775 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2776 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2777 public: 2778 enum MismatchResult { 2779 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2780 NoMismatch, 2781 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2782 VarInitMismatches, 2783 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2784 MemberInitMismatches, 2785 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2786 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2787 AnalyzeLater 2788 }; 2789 2790 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2791 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2792 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2793 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2794 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2795 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2796 2797 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2798 /// matching form of new-expression. 2799 /// 2800 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2801 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2802 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2803 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2804 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2805 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2806 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2807 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2808 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2809 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2810 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2811 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2812 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2813 FieldDecl *Field; 2814 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2815 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2816 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2817 bool IsArrayForm; 2818 2819 private: 2820 const bool EndOfTU; 2821 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2822 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2823 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2824 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2825 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2826 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2827 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2828 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2829 /// 2830 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2831 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2832 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2833 /// \c NoMismatch. 2834 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2835 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2836 /// \c new. 2837 /// 2838 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2839 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2840 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2841 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2842 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2843 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2844 /// form of \c new. 2845 /// 2846 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2847 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2848 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2849 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2850 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2851 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2852 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2853 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2854 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2855 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2856 /// in-class initializer. 2857 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2858 }; 2859 } 2860 2861 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2862 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2863 NewExprs.clear(); 2864 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2865 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2866 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2867 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2868 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2869 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2870 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2871 return VarInitMismatches; 2872 } 2873 return NoMismatch; 2874 } 2875 2876 const CXXNewExpr * 2877 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2878 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2879 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2880 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2881 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2882 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2883 } 2884 2885 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2886 } 2887 2888 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2889 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2890 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2891 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2892 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2893 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2894 return true; 2895 else 2896 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2897 } 2898 return false; 2899 } 2900 2901 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2902 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2903 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2904 return false; 2905 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2906 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2907 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2908 return EndOfTU; 2909 } 2910 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2911 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2912 return true; 2913 } 2914 return false; 2915 } 2916 2917 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2918 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2919 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2920 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2921 if (!InitExpr) 2922 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2923 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2924 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2925 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2926 return MemberInitMismatches; 2927 } 2928 } 2929 return NoMismatch; 2930 } 2931 2932 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2933 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2934 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2935 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2936 this->Field = Field; 2937 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2938 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2939 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2940 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2941 return NoMismatch; 2942 } 2943 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2944 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2945 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2946 return MemberInitMismatches; 2947 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2948 : NoMismatch; 2949 } 2950 2951 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2952 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2953 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2954 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2955 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2956 return NoMismatch; 2957 } 2958 2959 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2960 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2961 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2962 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2963 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2964 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2965 } 2966 } 2967 return NewExprs.empty(); 2968 } 2969 2970 static void 2971 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2972 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2973 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2974 FixItHint H; 2975 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2976 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2977 else { 2978 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2979 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2980 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2981 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2982 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2983 } 2984 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2985 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2986 2987 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2988 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2989 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2990 } 2991 2992 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2993 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2994 return; 2995 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2996 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2997 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2998 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2999 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 3000 break; 3001 } 3002 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 3003 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 3004 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 3005 break; 3006 } 3007 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3008 break; 3009 } 3010 } 3011 3012 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 3013 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 3014 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 3015 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 3016 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 3017 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 3018 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 3019 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 3020 "translation unit."); 3021 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 3022 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 3023 break; 3024 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3025 break; 3026 } 3027 } 3028 3029 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 3030 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 3031 /// or 3032 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 3033 ExprResult 3034 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3035 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 3036 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 3037 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 3038 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 3039 // void. 3040 // 3041 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 3042 3043 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 3044 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 3045 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 3046 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 3047 3048 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 3049 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 3050 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 3051 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3052 return ExprError(); 3053 3054 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3055 3056 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 3057 public: 3058 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 3059 3060 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 3061 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 3062 // the operator T*. 3063 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3064 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3065 return true; 3066 return false; 3067 } 3068 3069 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3070 QualType T) override { 3071 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 3072 } 3073 3074 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3075 QualType T) override { 3076 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 3077 } 3078 3079 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3080 QualType T, 3081 QualType ConvTy) override { 3082 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 3083 } 3084 3085 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3086 QualType ConvTy) override { 3087 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3088 << ConvTy; 3089 } 3090 3091 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3092 QualType T) override { 3093 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 3094 } 3095 3096 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3097 QualType ConvTy) override { 3098 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3099 << ConvTy; 3100 } 3101 3102 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3103 QualType T, 3104 QualType ConvTy) override { 3105 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 3106 } 3107 } Converter; 3108 3109 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 3110 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3111 return ExprError(); 3112 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3113 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 3114 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 3115 // itself in this case. 3116 return ExprError(); 3117 3118 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3119 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 3120 3121 if (Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 3122 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 3123 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 3124 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() 3125 << Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue(); 3126 3127 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 3128 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 3129 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 3130 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 3131 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 3132 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 3133 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 3134 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 3135 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 3136 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 3137 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 3138 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 3139 // module but is hidden. 3140 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 3141 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 3142 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 3143 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3144 } 3145 } 3146 3147 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 3148 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 3149 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 3150 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 3151 ArrayForm = true; 3152 } 3153 3154 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3155 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 3156 3157 if (PointeeRD) { 3158 if (!UseGlobal && 3159 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 3160 OperatorDelete)) 3161 return ExprError(); 3162 3163 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 3164 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 3165 if (ArrayForm) { 3166 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 3167 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 3168 if (UseGlobal) 3169 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3170 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 3171 3172 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 3173 // function we just found. 3174 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 3175 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3176 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, 3177 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) 3178 .HasSizeT; 3179 } 3180 3181 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 3182 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3183 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 3184 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 3185 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 3186 return ExprError(); 3187 } 3188 3189 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 3190 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 3191 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 3192 SourceLocation()); 3193 } 3194 3195 if (!OperatorDelete) { 3196 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); 3197 bool CanProvideSize = 3198 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 3199 Pointee.isDestructedType()); 3200 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); 3201 3202 // Look for a global declaration. 3203 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, 3204 Overaligned, DeleteName); 3205 } 3206 3207 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3208 3209 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3210 if (PointeeRD) { 3211 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3212 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3213 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3214 } 3215 } 3216 } 3217 3218 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3219 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3220 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3221 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3222 return Result; 3223 } 3224 3225 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3226 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3227 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3228 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3229 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3230 return; 3231 3232 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3233 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3234 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3235 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3236 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3237 // behavior is undefined. 3238 // 3239 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3240 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3241 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3242 return; 3243 3244 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3245 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3246 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3247 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3248 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3249 << ClassType; 3250 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3251 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3252 // but not necessarily wrong. 3253 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3254 << ClassType; 3255 } 3256 if (!IsDelete) { 3257 std::string TypeStr; 3258 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3259 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3260 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3261 } 3262 } 3263 3264 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3265 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3266 ConditionKind CK) { 3267 ExprResult E = 3268 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3269 if (E.isInvalid()) 3270 return ConditionError(); 3271 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3272 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3273 } 3274 3275 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3276 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3277 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3278 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3279 ConditionKind CK) { 3280 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3281 return ExprError(); 3282 3283 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3284 3285 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3286 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3287 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3288 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3289 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3290 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3291 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3292 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3293 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3294 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3295 3296 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3297 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3298 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3299 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3300 3301 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3302 3303 switch (CK) { 3304 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3305 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3306 3307 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3308 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3309 3310 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3311 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3312 } 3313 3314 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3315 } 3316 3317 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3318 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3319 // C++ 6.4p4: 3320 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3321 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3322 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3323 // program is ill-formed. 3324 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3325 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3326 // 3327 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3328 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3329 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3330 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3331 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3332 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3333 } 3334 3335 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3336 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3337 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3338 /// respectively). 3339 bool 3340 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3341 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3342 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3343 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3344 3345 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3346 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3347 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3348 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3349 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3350 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3351 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3352 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3353 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3354 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3355 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3356 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3357 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3358 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3359 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3360 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3361 break; 3362 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3363 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3364 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3365 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3366 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3367 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3368 } 3369 } 3370 } 3371 3372 return false; 3373 } 3374 3375 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3376 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3377 QualType Ty, 3378 CastKind Kind, 3379 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3380 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3381 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3382 Expr *From) { 3383 switch (Kind) { 3384 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3385 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3386 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3387 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3388 3389 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3390 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3391 return ExprError(); 3392 3393 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3394 return ExprError(); 3395 3396 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3397 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3398 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3399 return ExprError(); 3400 3401 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3402 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3403 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3404 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3405 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3406 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3407 return ExprError(); 3408 3409 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3410 } 3411 3412 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3413 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3414 3415 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3416 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3417 return ExprError(); 3418 3419 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3420 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3421 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3422 HadMultipleCandidates); 3423 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3424 return ExprError(); 3425 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3426 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3427 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3428 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3429 3430 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3431 } 3432 } 3433 } 3434 3435 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3436 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3437 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3438 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3439 /// used in the error message. 3440 ExprResult 3441 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3442 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3443 AssignmentAction Action, 3444 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3445 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3446 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3447 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3448 Action, CCK); 3449 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3450 return ExprError(); 3451 From = Res.get(); 3452 break; 3453 } 3454 3455 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3456 3457 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3458 CastKind CastKind; 3459 QualType BeforeToType; 3460 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3461 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3462 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3463 3464 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3465 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3466 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3467 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3468 } else { 3469 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3470 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3471 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3472 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3473 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3474 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3475 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3476 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3477 } 3478 } 3479 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3480 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3481 ExprResult Res = 3482 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3483 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3484 CCK); 3485 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3486 return ExprError(); 3487 From = Res.get(); 3488 } 3489 3490 ExprResult CastArg 3491 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3492 From->getLocStart(), 3493 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3494 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3495 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3496 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3497 From); 3498 3499 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3500 return ExprError(); 3501 3502 From = CastArg.get(); 3503 3504 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3505 AA_Converting, CCK); 3506 } 3507 3508 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3509 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3510 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3511 << From->getSourceRange()); 3512 return ExprError(); 3513 3514 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3515 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3516 3517 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3518 bool Diagnosed = 3519 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 3520 From->getType(), From, Action); 3521 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed; 3522 return ExprError(); 3523 } 3524 3525 // Everything went well. 3526 return From; 3527 } 3528 3529 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3530 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3531 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3532 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3533 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3534 ExprResult 3535 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3536 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3537 AssignmentAction Action, 3538 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3539 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3540 3541 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3542 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3543 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3544 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3545 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3546 3547 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3548 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3549 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3550 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3551 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3552 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3553 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3554 ConstructorArgs)) 3555 return ExprError(); 3556 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3557 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3558 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3559 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3560 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3561 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3562 } 3563 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3564 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3565 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3566 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3567 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3568 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3569 } 3570 3571 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3572 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3573 DeclAccessPair Found; 3574 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3575 true, Found); 3576 if (!Fn) 3577 return ExprError(); 3578 3579 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3580 return ExprError(); 3581 3582 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3583 FromType = From->getType(); 3584 } 3585 3586 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3587 // non-atomic type. 3588 QualType ToAtomicType; 3589 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3590 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3591 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3592 } 3593 3594 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3595 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3596 switch (SCS.First) { 3597 case ICK_Identity: 3598 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3599 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3600 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3601 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3602 } 3603 break; 3604 3605 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3606 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3607 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3608 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3609 From = FromRes.get(); 3610 FromType = From->getType(); 3611 break; 3612 } 3613 3614 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3615 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3616 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3617 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3618 break; 3619 3620 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3621 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3622 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3623 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3624 break; 3625 3626 default: 3627 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3628 } 3629 3630 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3631 switch (SCS.Second) { 3632 case ICK_Identity: 3633 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3634 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3635 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3636 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3637 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3638 switch (Action) { 3639 case AA_Assigning: 3640 case AA_Initializing: 3641 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3642 case AA_Passing: 3643 case AA_Returning: 3644 case AA_Sending: 3645 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3646 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3647 return ExprError(); 3648 break; 3649 3650 case AA_Casting: 3651 case AA_Converting: 3652 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3653 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3654 break; 3655 } 3656 // Nothing else to do. 3657 break; 3658 3659 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3660 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3661 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3662 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3663 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3664 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3665 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3666 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3667 } else { 3668 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3669 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3670 } 3671 break; 3672 3673 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3674 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3675 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3676 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3677 break; 3678 3679 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3680 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3681 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3682 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3683 CastKind CK; 3684 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3685 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3686 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3687 else 3688 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3689 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3690 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3691 } else { 3692 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3693 } 3694 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3695 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3696 break; 3697 } 3698 3699 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3700 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3701 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3702 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3703 else 3704 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3705 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3706 break; 3707 3708 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3709 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3710 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3711 break; 3712 3713 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3714 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3715 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3716 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3717 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3718 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3719 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3720 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3721 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3722 else 3723 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3724 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3725 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3726 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3727 3728 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3729 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3730 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3731 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 3732 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3733 From->getType())) { 3734 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3735 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3736 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3737 else 3738 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3739 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3740 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3741 << From->getSourceRange(); 3742 } 3743 3744 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3745 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3746 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3747 return ExprError(); 3748 3749 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3750 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3751 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3752 ExprResult E = From; 3753 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3754 From = E.get(); 3755 } 3756 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers()) 3757 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3758 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3759 .get(); 3760 break; 3761 } 3762 3763 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3764 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3765 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3766 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3767 return ExprError(); 3768 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3769 return ExprError(); 3770 3771 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3772 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3773 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3774 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3775 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3776 } 3777 3778 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3779 .get(); 3780 break; 3781 } 3782 3783 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3784 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3785 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3786 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3787 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3788 } 3789 3790 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3791 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3792 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3793 break; 3794 3795 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3796 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3797 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3798 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3799 From->getLocStart(), 3800 From->getSourceRange(), 3801 &BasePath, 3802 CStyle)) 3803 return ExprError(); 3804 3805 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3806 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3807 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3808 break; 3809 } 3810 3811 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3812 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3813 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3814 break; 3815 3816 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3817 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3818 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3819 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3820 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3821 break; 3822 } 3823 3824 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3825 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3826 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3827 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3828 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3829 3830 // x -> y 3831 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3832 // do nothing 3833 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3834 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3835 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3836 } else { 3837 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3838 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3839 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3840 } 3841 // y -> _Complex y 3842 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3843 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3844 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3845 3846 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3847 } else { 3848 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3849 assert(FromComplex); 3850 3851 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3852 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3853 3854 // _Complex x -> x 3855 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3856 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3857 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3858 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3859 3860 // x -> y 3861 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3862 // do nothing 3863 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3864 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3865 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3866 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3867 } else { 3868 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3869 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3870 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3871 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3872 } 3873 } 3874 break; 3875 3876 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3877 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3878 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3879 break; 3880 } 3881 3882 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3883 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3884 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3885 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3886 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3887 return ExprError(); 3888 From = FromRes.get(); 3889 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3890 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3891 (void)ConvTy; 3892 break; 3893 } 3894 3895 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3896 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3897 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3898 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3899 break; 3900 3901 case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: 3902 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3903 CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, 3904 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3905 break; 3906 3907 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3908 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3909 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3910 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3911 case ICK_Qualification: 3912 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3913 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3914 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: 3915 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3916 } 3917 3918 switch (SCS.Third) { 3919 case ICK_Identity: 3920 // Nothing to do. 3921 break; 3922 3923 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3924 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3925 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3926 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3927 return ExprError(); 3928 3929 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3930 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3931 break; 3932 3933 case ICK_Qualification: { 3934 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3935 // target type isn't a reference. 3936 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3937 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3938 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3939 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3940 3941 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3942 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3943 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3944 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3945 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3946 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3947 } 3948 3949 break; 3950 } 3951 3952 default: 3953 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3954 } 3955 3956 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3957 // that conversion now. 3958 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3959 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3960 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3961 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3962 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3963 } 3964 3965 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3966 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3967 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3968 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3969 From->getLocStart()); 3970 3971 return From; 3972 } 3973 3974 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3975 /// 3976 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3977 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3978 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3979 /// returns true. 3980 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3981 SourceLocation Loc, 3982 QualType ArgTy) { 3983 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3984 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3985 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3986 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3987 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3988 // must be a complete type. 3989 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3990 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3991 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3992 switch (UTT) { 3993 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3994 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3995 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3996 // Fall-through 3997 3998 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3999 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 4000 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 4001 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 4002 case UTT_IsVoid: 4003 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4004 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4005 case UTT_IsArray: 4006 case UTT_IsPointer: 4007 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4008 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4009 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4010 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4011 case UTT_IsEnum: 4012 case UTT_IsUnion: 4013 case UTT_IsClass: 4014 case UTT_IsFunction: 4015 case UTT_IsReference: 4016 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4017 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4018 case UTT_IsObject: 4019 case UTT_IsScalar: 4020 case UTT_IsCompound: 4021 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4022 // Fall-through 4023 4024 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 4025 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 4026 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 4027 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 4028 // Table 49. 4029 case UTT_IsConst: 4030 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4031 case UTT_IsSigned: 4032 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4033 4034 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 4035 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4036 return true; 4037 4038 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4039 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 4040 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4041 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4042 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4043 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4044 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4045 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4046 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4047 return true; 4048 4049 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4050 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 4051 case UTT_IsFinal: 4052 case UTT_IsSealed: 4053 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4054 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4055 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4056 return true; 4057 4058 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 4059 // applied to a complete type. 4060 case UTT_IsAggregate: 4061 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4062 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4063 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4064 case UTT_IsPOD: 4065 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4066 4067 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4068 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4069 // Fall-through 4070 4071 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 4072 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 4073 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 4074 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 4075 // requiring the complete type. 4076 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4077 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4078 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4079 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4080 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4081 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4082 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4083 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4084 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4085 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4086 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4087 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 4088 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 4089 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4090 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 4091 4092 // The void type is expressly allowed. 4093 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 4094 return true; 4095 4096 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4097 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4098 } 4099 } 4100 4101 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 4102 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 4103 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 4104 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 4105 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 4106 { 4107 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4108 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 4109 return true; 4110 4111 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 4112 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 4113 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 4114 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 4115 bool FoundOperator = false; 4116 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 4117 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 4118 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 4119 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 4120 continue; 4121 4122 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 4123 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 4124 FoundOperator = true; 4125 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4126 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4127 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4128 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4129 return false; 4130 } 4131 } 4132 return FoundOperator; 4133 } 4134 return false; 4135 } 4136 4137 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 4138 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 4139 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4140 4141 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 4142 switch(UTT) { 4143 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4144 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 4145 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 4146 case UTT_IsVoid: 4147 return T->isVoidType(); 4148 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4149 return T->isIntegralType(C); 4150 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4151 return T->isFloatingType(); 4152 case UTT_IsArray: 4153 return T->isArrayType(); 4154 case UTT_IsPointer: 4155 return T->isPointerType(); 4156 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4157 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 4158 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4159 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 4160 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4161 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 4162 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4163 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 4164 case UTT_IsEnum: 4165 return T->isEnumeralType(); 4166 case UTT_IsUnion: 4167 return T->isUnionType(); 4168 case UTT_IsClass: 4169 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 4170 case UTT_IsFunction: 4171 return T->isFunctionType(); 4172 4173 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 4174 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 4175 case UTT_IsReference: 4176 return T->isReferenceType(); 4177 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4178 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 4179 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4180 return T->isFundamentalType(); 4181 case UTT_IsObject: 4182 return T->isObjectType(); 4183 case UTT_IsScalar: 4184 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 4185 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 4186 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 4187 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 4188 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 4189 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4190 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4191 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4192 return true; 4193 4194 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4195 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4196 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4197 return false; 4198 } 4199 } 4200 4201 return T->isScalarType(); 4202 case UTT_IsCompound: 4203 return T->isCompoundType(); 4204 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4205 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 4206 4207 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 4208 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 4209 case UTT_IsConst: 4210 return T.isConstQualified(); 4211 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4212 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 4213 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4214 return T.isTrivialType(C); 4215 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4216 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 4217 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4218 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4219 case UTT_IsPOD: 4220 return T.isPODType(C); 4221 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4222 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4223 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4224 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4225 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4226 return false; 4227 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4228 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4229 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4230 return false; 4231 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4232 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4233 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4234 return false; 4235 case UTT_IsAggregate: 4236 // Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they 4237 // support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors 4238 // but not _Complex. 4239 return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() || 4240 T->isAnyComplexType(); 4241 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4242 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4243 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4244 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4245 return false; 4246 case UTT_IsFinal: 4247 case UTT_IsSealed: 4248 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4249 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4250 return false; 4251 case UTT_IsSigned: 4252 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4253 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4254 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4255 4256 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4257 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4258 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4259 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4260 // specifications. 4261 // 4262 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4263 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4264 // 4265 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4266 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4267 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4268 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4269 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4270 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4271 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4272 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4273 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4274 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4275 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4276 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4277 return true; 4278 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4279 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4280 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4281 return false; 4282 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4283 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4284 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4285 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4286 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4287 return true; 4288 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4289 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4290 return false; 4291 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4292 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4293 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4294 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4295 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4296 // is true, else it is false. 4297 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4298 return true; 4299 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4300 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4301 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4302 return false; 4303 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4304 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4305 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4306 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4307 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4308 return true; 4309 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4310 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4311 return false; 4312 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4313 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4314 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4315 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4316 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4317 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4318 // true, else it is false. 4319 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4320 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4321 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4322 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4323 // [class.copy]p12). 4324 4325 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4326 return false; 4327 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4328 return true; 4329 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4330 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4331 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4332 return false; 4333 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4334 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4335 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4336 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4337 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4338 return true; 4339 4340 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4341 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4342 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4343 return true; 4344 4345 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4346 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4347 // false. 4348 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4349 return false; 4350 4351 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4352 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4353 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4354 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4355 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4356 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4357 if (!Destructor) 4358 return false; 4359 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4360 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4361 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4362 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4363 return false; 4364 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4365 return false; 4366 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4367 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4368 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4369 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4370 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4371 return false; 4372 } 4373 } 4374 return true; 4375 4376 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4377 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4378 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4379 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4380 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4381 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4382 // false. 4383 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4384 return true; 4385 4386 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4387 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4388 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4389 return true; 4390 4391 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4392 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4393 return false; 4394 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4395 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4396 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4397 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4398 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4399 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4400 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4401 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4402 // false. 4403 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4404 return false; 4405 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4406 return false; 4407 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4408 return true; 4409 4410 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4411 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4412 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4413 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4414 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4415 return false; 4416 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4417 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4418 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4419 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4420 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4421 return true; 4422 4423 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4424 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4425 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4426 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4427 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4428 return false; 4429 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4430 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4431 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4432 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4433 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4434 // false. 4435 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4436 return true; 4437 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4438 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4439 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4440 return true; 4441 4442 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4443 unsigned FoundTQs; 4444 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4445 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4446 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4447 // resolution point. 4448 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4449 continue; 4450 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4451 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4452 continue; 4453 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4454 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4455 FoundConstructor = true; 4456 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4457 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4458 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4459 if (!CPT) 4460 return false; 4461 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4462 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4463 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4464 return false; 4465 } 4466 } 4467 4468 return FoundConstructor; 4469 } 4470 return false; 4471 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4472 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4473 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4474 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4475 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4476 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4477 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4478 return true; 4479 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4480 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4481 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4482 return true; 4483 4484 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4485 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4486 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4487 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4488 continue; 4489 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4490 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4491 continue; 4492 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4493 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4494 FoundConstructor = true; 4495 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4496 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4497 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4498 if (!CPT) 4499 return false; 4500 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4501 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4502 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4503 return false; 4504 } 4505 } 4506 return FoundConstructor; 4507 } 4508 return false; 4509 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4510 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4511 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4512 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4513 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4514 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4515 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4516 return false; 4517 4518 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4519 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4520 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4521 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4522 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4523 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4524 // function call. 4525 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4526 } 4527 } 4528 4529 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4530 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4531 4532 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4533 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4534 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4535 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4536 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4537 4538 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4539 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4540 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4541 4542 switch (Kind) { 4543 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4544 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4545 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4546 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4547 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4548 // 4549 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4550 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4551 // no operation that is not trivial. 4552 // 4553 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4554 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4555 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4556 // variable t: 4557 // 4558 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4559 assert(!Args.empty()); 4560 4561 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4562 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4563 // unknown bound. 4564 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4565 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4566 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4567 continue; 4568 4569 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4570 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4571 return false; 4572 } 4573 4574 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4575 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4576 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4577 return false; 4578 4579 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4580 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4581 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4582 return false; 4583 4584 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4585 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4586 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4587 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4588 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4589 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4590 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4591 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4592 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4593 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4594 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4595 } 4596 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4597 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4598 4599 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4600 // trap at translation unit scope. 4601 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( 4602 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); 4603 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4604 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4605 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4606 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4607 RParenLoc)); 4608 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4609 if (Init.Failed()) 4610 return false; 4611 4612 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4613 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4614 return false; 4615 4616 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4617 return true; 4618 4619 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4620 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4621 4622 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4623 // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial 4624 // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4625 if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) 4626 return false; 4627 4628 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4629 // calls. 4630 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4631 } 4632 4633 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4634 return false; 4635 } 4636 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4637 } 4638 4639 return false; 4640 } 4641 4642 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4643 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4644 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4645 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4646 4647 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4648 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4649 return ExprError(); 4650 4651 bool Dependent = false; 4652 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4653 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4654 Dependent = true; 4655 break; 4656 } 4657 } 4658 4659 bool Result = false; 4660 if (!Dependent) 4661 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4662 4663 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4664 RParenLoc, Result); 4665 } 4666 4667 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4668 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4669 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4670 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4671 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4672 4673 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4674 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4675 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4676 if (!TInfo) 4677 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4678 4679 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4680 } 4681 4682 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4683 } 4684 4685 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4686 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4687 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4688 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4689 4690 switch(BTT) { 4691 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4692 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4693 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4694 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4695 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4696 4697 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4698 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4699 4700 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4701 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4702 4703 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4704 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4705 4706 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4707 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4708 4709 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4710 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4711 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4712 // complete type. 4713 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4714 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4715 return false; 4716 4717 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4718 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4719 } 4720 case BTT_IsSame: 4721 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4722 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4723 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4724 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4725 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4726 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4727 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4728 // Given the following function prototype: 4729 // 4730 // template <class T> 4731 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4732 // 4733 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4734 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4735 // the return expression in the following code would be 4736 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4737 // type of the function: 4738 // 4739 // To test() { 4740 // return create<From>(); 4741 // } 4742 // 4743 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4744 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4745 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4746 // is considered. 4747 // 4748 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4749 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4750 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4751 4752 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4753 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4754 return false; 4755 4756 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4757 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4758 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4759 4760 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4761 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4762 return false; 4763 4764 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4765 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4766 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4767 4768 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4769 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4770 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4771 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4772 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4773 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4774 SourceLocation())); 4775 4776 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4777 // trap at translation unit scope. 4778 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( 4779 Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); 4780 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4781 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4782 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4783 if (Init.Failed()) 4784 return false; 4785 4786 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4787 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4788 } 4789 4790 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4791 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4792 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4793 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4794 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4795 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4796 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4797 // 4798 // is_assignable is defined as: 4799 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4800 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4801 // 4802 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4803 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4804 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4805 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4806 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4807 return false; 4808 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4809 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4810 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4811 return false; 4812 4813 // cv void is never assignable. 4814 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4815 return false; 4816 4817 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4818 // declval<U>(). 4819 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4820 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4821 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4822 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4823 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4824 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4825 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4826 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4827 4828 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4829 // trap at translation unit scope. 4830 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( 4831 Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); 4832 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4833 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4834 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4835 &Rhs); 4836 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4837 return false; 4838 4839 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4840 return true; 4841 4842 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4843 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4844 4845 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4846 // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial 4847 // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4848 if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) 4849 return false; 4850 4851 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4852 } 4853 4854 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4855 return false; 4856 } 4857 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4858 } 4859 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4860 } 4861 4862 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4863 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4864 ParsedType Ty, 4865 Expr* DimExpr, 4866 SourceLocation RParen) { 4867 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4868 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4869 if (!TSInfo) 4870 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4871 4872 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4873 } 4874 4875 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4876 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4877 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4878 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4879 4880 switch(ATT) { 4881 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4882 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4883 unsigned Dim = 0; 4884 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4885 ++Dim; 4886 T = AT->getElementType(); 4887 } 4888 return Dim; 4889 } 4890 return 0; 4891 4892 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4893 llvm::APSInt Value; 4894 uint64_t Dim; 4895 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4896 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4897 false).isInvalid()) 4898 return 0; 4899 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4900 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4901 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4902 return 0; 4903 } 4904 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4905 4906 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4907 unsigned D = 0; 4908 bool Matched = false; 4909 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4910 if (Dim == D) { 4911 Matched = true; 4912 break; 4913 } 4914 ++D; 4915 T = AT->getElementType(); 4916 } 4917 4918 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4919 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4920 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4921 } 4922 } 4923 return 0; 4924 } 4925 } 4926 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4927 } 4928 4929 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4930 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4931 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4932 Expr* DimExpr, 4933 SourceLocation RParen) { 4934 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4935 4936 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4937 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4938 uint64_t Value = 0; 4939 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4940 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4941 4942 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4943 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4944 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4945 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4946 // important distinction. 4947 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4948 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4949 } 4950 4951 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4952 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4953 Expr *Queried, 4954 SourceLocation RParen) { 4955 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4956 if (!Queried) 4957 return ExprError(); 4958 4959 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4960 4961 return Result; 4962 } 4963 4964 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4965 switch (ET) { 4966 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4967 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4968 } 4969 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4970 } 4971 4972 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4973 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4974 Expr *Queried, 4975 SourceLocation RParen) { 4976 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4977 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4978 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4979 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4980 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4981 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4982 } 4983 4984 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4985 4986 return new (Context) 4987 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4988 } 4989 4990 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4991 ExprValueKind &VK, 4992 SourceLocation Loc, 4993 bool isIndirect) { 4994 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4995 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4996 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4997 4998 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the 4999 // temporary materialization conversion otherwise. 5000 if (isIndirect) 5001 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5002 else if (LHS.get()->isRValue()) 5003 LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get()); 5004 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 5005 return QualType(); 5006 5007 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 5008 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5009 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 5010 5011 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 5012 // C++ 5.5p2 5013 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 5014 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 5015 // class type) [...] 5016 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5017 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 5018 if (!MemPtr) { 5019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 5020 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5021 return QualType(); 5022 } 5023 5024 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 5025 5026 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 5027 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 5028 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 5029 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 5030 // likely to be considered a defect. 5031 5032 // C++ 5.5p2 5033 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 5034 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 5035 // such a class] 5036 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 5037 if (isIndirect) { 5038 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5039 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5040 else { 5041 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 5042 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 5043 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 5044 return QualType(); 5045 } 5046 } 5047 5048 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 5049 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 5050 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 5051 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 5052 return QualType(); 5053 } 5054 5055 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 5056 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 5057 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 5058 return QualType(); 5059 } 5060 5061 CXXCastPath BasePath; 5062 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 5063 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 5064 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 5065 &BasePath)) 5066 return QualType(); 5067 5068 // Cast LHS to type of use. 5069 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 5070 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5071 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 5072 &BasePath); 5073 } 5074 5075 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 5076 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 5077 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 5078 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 5079 return QualType(); 5080 } 5081 5082 // C++ 5.5p2 5083 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 5084 // second operand. 5085 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 5086 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 5087 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5088 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 5089 5090 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5091 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 5092 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 5093 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 5094 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 5095 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 5096 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5097 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 5098 case RQ_None: 5099 // Do nothing 5100 break; 5101 5102 case RQ_LValue: 5103 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 5104 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5105 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5106 break; 5107 5108 case RQ_RValue: 5109 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 5110 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5111 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5112 break; 5113 } 5114 } 5115 5116 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5117 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 5118 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 5119 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 5120 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 5121 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 5122 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 5123 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 5124 VK = VK_RValue; 5125 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 5126 } else if (isIndirect) { 5127 VK = VK_LValue; 5128 } else { 5129 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5130 } 5131 5132 return Result; 5133 } 5134 5135 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 5136 /// 5137 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5138 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 5139 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 5140 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 5141 /// as such. 5142 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 5143 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5144 bool &HaveConversion, 5145 QualType &ToType) { 5146 HaveConversion = false; 5147 ToType = To->getType(); 5148 5149 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 5150 SourceLocation()); 5151 // C++11 5.16p3 5152 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 5153 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 5154 // as follows: 5155 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5156 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 5157 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 5158 // an lvalue. 5159 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5160 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 5161 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 5162 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 5163 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 5164 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 5165 5166 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5167 5168 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5169 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 5170 ToType = T; 5171 HaveConversion = true; 5172 return false; 5173 } 5174 5175 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5176 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5177 } 5178 5179 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 5180 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 5181 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 5182 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 5183 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 5184 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5185 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5186 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 5187 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 5188 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 5189 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 5190 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 5191 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 5192 // [cv2 > cv1]. 5193 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 5194 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 5195 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5196 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5197 if (InitSeq) { 5198 HaveConversion = true; 5199 return false; 5200 } 5201 5202 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5203 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5204 } 5205 } 5206 5207 return false; 5208 } 5209 5210 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5211 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 5212 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 5213 // an rvalue). 5214 // 5215 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5216 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5217 TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context); 5218 5219 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5220 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5221 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5222 ToType = TTy; 5223 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5224 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5225 5226 return false; 5227 } 5228 5229 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5230 /// 5231 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5232 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5233 /// conversion to a common type. 5234 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5235 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5236 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5237 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5238 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5239 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5240 CandidateSet); 5241 5242 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5243 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5244 case OR_Success: { 5245 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5246 ExprResult LHSRes = 5247 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5248 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5249 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5250 break; 5251 LHS = LHSRes; 5252 5253 ExprResult RHSRes = 5254 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5255 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5256 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5257 break; 5258 RHS = RHSRes; 5259 if (Best->Function) 5260 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5261 return false; 5262 } 5263 5264 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5265 5266 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5267 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5268 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5269 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5270 return true; 5271 5272 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5273 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5274 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5275 return true; 5276 5277 case OR_Ambiguous: 5278 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5279 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5280 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5281 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5282 // the viable candidates. 5283 break; 5284 5285 case OR_Deleted: 5286 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5287 } 5288 return true; 5289 } 5290 5291 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5292 /// TryClassUnification. 5293 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5294 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5295 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5296 SourceLocation()); 5297 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5298 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5299 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5300 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5301 return true; 5302 5303 E = Result; 5304 return false; 5305 } 5306 5307 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5308 /// 5309 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5310 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5311 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5312 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5313 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5314 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5315 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5316 // interface pointers. 5317 5318 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5319 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5320 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5321 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5322 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5323 return QualType(); 5324 Cond = CondRes; 5325 } 5326 5327 // Assume r-value. 5328 VK = VK_RValue; 5329 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5330 5331 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5332 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5333 return Context.DependentTy; 5334 5335 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5336 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5337 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5338 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5339 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5340 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5341 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5342 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5343 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5344 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5345 // and value category of the other. 5346 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5347 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5348 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5349 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5350 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5351 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5352 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5353 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5354 return NonThrow->getType(); 5355 } 5356 5357 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5358 // type void and is a prvalue. 5359 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5360 return Context.VoidTy; 5361 5362 // Neither holds, error. 5363 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5364 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5365 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5366 return QualType(); 5367 } 5368 5369 // Neither is void. 5370 5371 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5372 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5373 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5374 // those operands to the type of the other. 5375 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5376 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5377 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5378 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5379 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5380 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5381 return QualType(); 5382 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5383 return QualType(); 5384 5385 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5386 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5387 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5388 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5389 return QualType(); 5390 } 5391 5392 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5393 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5394 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5395 if (HaveL2R) { 5396 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5397 return QualType(); 5398 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5399 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5400 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5401 return QualType(); 5402 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5403 } 5404 } 5405 5406 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5407 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5408 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5409 // operands to the type of the other. 5410 // FIXME: 5411 // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where 5412 // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order 5413 // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. 5414 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5415 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5416 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5417 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5418 // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above. 5419 // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here? 5420 bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion; 5421 if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5422 QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase, 5423 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5424 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5425 // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind 5426 // directly [...] 5427 !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5428 !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5429 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5430 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5431 } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5432 QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, 5433 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5434 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5435 !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5436 !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5437 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5438 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5439 } 5440 } 5441 5442 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5443 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5444 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5445 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5446 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5447 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5448 // l-values. 5449 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5450 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5451 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5452 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5453 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5454 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5455 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5456 OK = OK_BitField; 5457 5458 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5459 // exception specifications, if any. 5460 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5461 Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers(); 5462 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5463 /*ConvertArgs*/false); 5464 LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs); 5465 5466 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5467 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5468 assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type"); 5469 } 5470 5471 return LTy; 5472 } 5473 5474 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5475 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5476 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5477 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5478 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5479 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5480 // program is ill-formed. 5481 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5482 return QualType(); 5483 } 5484 5485 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5486 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5487 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5488 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5489 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5490 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5491 return QualType(); 5492 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5493 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5494 5495 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5496 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5497 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5498 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5499 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5500 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5501 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5502 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5503 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5504 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5505 5506 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5507 SourceLocation(), 5508 LHS); 5509 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5510 return QualType(); 5511 5512 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5513 SourceLocation(), 5514 RHS); 5515 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5516 return QualType(); 5517 5518 LHS = LHSCopy; 5519 RHS = RHSCopy; 5520 } 5521 5522 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5523 // exception specifications, if any. 5524 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5525 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5526 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5527 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5528 } 5529 5530 return LTy; 5531 } 5532 5533 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5534 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5535 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5536 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5537 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5538 5539 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5540 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5541 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5542 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5543 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5544 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5545 return QualType(); 5546 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5547 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5548 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5549 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5550 return QualType(); 5551 } 5552 5553 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5554 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5555 5556 return ResTy; 5557 } 5558 5559 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5560 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5561 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5562 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5563 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5564 // pointer type. 5565 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5566 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5567 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5568 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5569 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5570 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5571 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5572 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5573 return Composite; 5574 5575 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5576 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5577 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5578 return Composite; 5579 5580 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5581 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5582 return QualType(); 5583 5584 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5585 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5586 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5587 return QualType(); 5588 } 5589 5590 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo 5591 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1, 5592 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2, 5593 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) { 5594 ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type; 5595 ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type; 5596 5597 // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result. 5598 if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1; 5599 if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2; 5600 if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1; 5601 if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2; 5602 5603 // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other. 5604 if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2; 5605 if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1; 5606 if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2; 5607 if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1; 5608 5609 // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that 5610 // determines the result. 5611 if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr && 5612 !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5613 return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1; 5614 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr && 5615 !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5616 return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2; 5617 // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're 5618 // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely, 5619 // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never 5620 // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite 5621 // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen. 5622 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 5623 assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && 5624 "computing composite pointer type of dependent types"); 5625 return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); 5626 } 5627 5628 // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to 5629 // update this function. 5630 switch (EST1) { 5631 case EST_None: 5632 case EST_DynamicNone: 5633 case EST_MSAny: 5634 case EST_BasicNoexcept: 5635 case EST_ComputedNoexcept: 5636 llvm_unreachable("handled above"); 5637 5638 case EST_Dynamic: { 5639 // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form 5640 // the union of the two lists. 5641 assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled"); 5642 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found; 5643 for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions}) 5644 for (QualType E : Exceptions) 5645 if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second) 5646 ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E); 5647 5648 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic); 5649 Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; 5650 return Result; 5651 } 5652 5653 case EST_Unevaluated: 5654 case EST_Uninstantiated: 5655 case EST_Unparsed: 5656 llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here"); 5657 } 5658 5659 llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType"); 5660 } 5661 5662 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5663 /// 5664 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5665 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this 5666 /// type and returns it. 5667 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5668 /// 5669 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5670 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5671 /// 5672 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type. 5673 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5674 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5675 bool ConvertArgs) { 5676 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5677 5678 // C++1z [expr]p14: 5679 // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1 5680 // and T2 5681 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5682 5683 // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or 5684 // std::nullptr_t is: 5685 bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() || 5686 T1->isNullPtrType(); 5687 bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() || 5688 T2->isNullPtrType(); 5689 if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike) 5690 return QualType(); 5691 5692 // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t; 5693 // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this 5694 // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case. 5695 // 5696 // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively; 5697 if (T1IsPointerLike && 5698 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5699 if (ConvertArgs) 5700 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType() 5701 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5702 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5703 return T1; 5704 } 5705 if (T2IsPointerLike && 5706 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5707 if (ConvertArgs) 5708 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType() 5709 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5710 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5711 return T2; 5712 } 5713 5714 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5715 if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike) 5716 return QualType(); 5717 assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && 5718 "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant"); 5719 5720 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is 5721 // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is 5722 // the union of cv1 and cv2; 5723 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is 5724 // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same, 5725 // "pointer to function"; 5726 // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept 5727 // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also 5728 // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to; 5729 // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or 5730 // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified 5731 // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied 5732 // before checking the following rules. 5733 // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1 5734 // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), 5735 // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1, 5736 // respectively; 5737 // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer 5738 // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or 5739 // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and 5740 // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively; 5741 // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and 5742 // T2; 5743 // 5744 // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing. 5745 // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try 5746 // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two 5747 // composite types are the same, we have succeeded. 5748 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5749 // 5750 // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer 5751 // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final 5752 // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally 5753 // exists. 5754 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion; 5755 SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass; 5756 QualType Composite1 = T1; 5757 QualType Composite2 = T2; 5758 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5759 while (true) { 5760 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5761 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5762 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5763 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5764 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5765 5766 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5767 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5768 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5769 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5770 5771 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5772 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5773 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5774 continue; 5775 } 5776 5777 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5778 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5779 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5780 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5781 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5782 5783 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5784 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5785 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5786 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5787 5788 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5789 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5790 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5791 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5792 continue; 5793 } 5794 5795 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5796 5797 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5798 break; 5799 } 5800 5801 // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already 5802 // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than 5803 // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling 5804 // IsFunctionConversion. 5805 // 5806 // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we 5807 // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would 5808 // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on 5809 // the side(s) where we changed anything. 5810 if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) { 5811 if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5812 if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5813 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo(); 5814 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo(); 5815 5816 // The result is noreturn if both operands are. 5817 bool Noreturn = 5818 EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn(); 5819 EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5820 EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5821 5822 // The result is nothrow if both operands are. 5823 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; 5824 EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec = 5825 mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec, 5826 ExceptionTypeStorage); 5827 5828 Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(), 5829 FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1); 5830 Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(), 5831 FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2); 5832 } 5833 } 5834 } 5835 5836 if (NeedConstBefore) { 5837 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5838 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5839 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5840 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) 5841 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) 5842 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5843 } 5844 5845 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5846 auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5847 for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) { 5848 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); 5849 auto Classes = *MOC++; 5850 if (Classes.first && Classes.second) { 5851 // Rebuild member pointer type 5852 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5853 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first); 5854 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5855 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second); 5856 } else { 5857 // Rebuild pointer type 5858 Composite1 = 5859 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5860 Composite2 = 5861 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5862 } 5863 } 5864 5865 struct Conversion { 5866 Sema &S; 5867 Expr *&E1, *&E2; 5868 QualType Composite; 5869 InitializedEntity Entity; 5870 InitializationKind Kind; 5871 InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC; 5872 bool Viable; 5873 5874 Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5875 QualType Composite) 5876 : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite), 5877 Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)), 5878 Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())), 5879 E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2), 5880 Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {} 5881 5882 bool perform() { 5883 ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1); 5884 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5885 return true; 5886 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5887 5888 ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2); 5889 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5890 return true; 5891 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5892 5893 return false; 5894 } 5895 }; 5896 5897 // Try to convert to each composite pointer type. 5898 Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1); 5899 if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5900 if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform()) 5901 return QualType(); 5902 return C1.Composite; 5903 } 5904 Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2); 5905 5906 if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) { 5907 // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or 5908 // neither is viable. 5909 // FIXME: How both be viable and different? 5910 return QualType(); 5911 } 5912 5913 // Convert to the chosen type. 5914 if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform()) 5915 return QualType(); 5916 5917 return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite; 5918 } 5919 5920 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5921 if (!E) 5922 return ExprError(); 5923 5924 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5925 5926 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5927 if (!E->isRValue()) 5928 return E; 5929 5930 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5931 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5932 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5933 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5934 5935 bool ReturnsRetained; 5936 5937 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5938 // called value. 5939 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5940 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5941 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5942 5943 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5944 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5945 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5946 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5947 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5948 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5949 } 5950 5951 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5952 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5953 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5954 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5955 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5956 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5957 5958 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5959 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5960 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5961 5962 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5963 // type always produce a +1 object. 5964 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5965 ReturnsRetained = true; 5966 5967 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5968 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5969 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5970 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5971 return E; 5972 5973 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5974 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5975 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5976 } else { 5977 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5978 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5979 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5980 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5981 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5982 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5983 // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array 5984 // constant. 5985 if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 && 5986 Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections()) 5987 return E; 5988 5989 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5990 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5991 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5992 // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary 5993 // constant. 5994 if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 && 5995 Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections()) 5996 return E; 5997 5998 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5999 } 6000 6001 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 6002 6003 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 6004 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 6005 // return an object. 6006 if (!ReturnsRetained && 6007 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 6008 return E; 6009 } 6010 6011 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 6012 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 6013 return E; 6014 6015 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6016 6017 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 6018 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 6019 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 6020 VK_RValue); 6021 } 6022 6023 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6024 return E; 6025 6026 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 6027 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 6028 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 6029 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 6030 while (!RT) { 6031 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 6032 case Type::Record: 6033 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 6034 break; 6035 case Type::ConstantArray: 6036 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6037 case Type::VariableArray: 6038 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 6039 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 6040 break; 6041 default: 6042 return E; 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 6047 // not processing a decltype expression. 6048 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6049 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 6050 return E; 6051 6052 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 6053 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 6054 6055 if (Destructor) { 6056 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6057 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6058 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6059 << E->getType()); 6060 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 6061 return ExprError(); 6062 6063 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 6064 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 6065 return E; 6066 6067 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6068 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6069 } 6070 6071 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 6072 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 6073 6074 if (IsDecltype) 6075 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 6076 6077 return Bind; 6078 } 6079 6080 ExprResult 6081 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 6082 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6083 return ExprError(); 6084 6085 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 6086 } 6087 6088 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 6089 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 6090 6091 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6092 6093 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 6094 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 6095 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 6096 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 6097 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6098 return SubExpr; 6099 6100 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 6101 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 6102 6103 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 6104 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 6105 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 6106 6107 return E; 6108 } 6109 6110 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 6111 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 6112 6113 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6114 6115 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6116 return SubStmt; 6117 6118 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 6119 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 6120 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 6121 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 6122 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 6123 SourceLocation(), 6124 SourceLocation()); 6125 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 6126 SourceLocation()); 6127 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 6128 } 6129 6130 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 6131 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 6132 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 6133 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 6134 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 6135 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 6136 6137 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 6138 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 6139 // -- if the function call is either 6140 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 6141 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 6142 // decltype-specifier, 6143 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 6144 6145 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 6146 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 6147 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 6148 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 6149 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6150 return ExprError(); 6151 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 6152 return E; 6153 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 6154 } 6155 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6156 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 6157 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 6158 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6159 return ExprError(); 6160 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 6161 return E; 6162 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 6163 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 6164 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getFPFeatures()); 6165 } 6166 } 6167 6168 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 6169 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 6170 : nullptr; 6171 if (TopCall) 6172 E = TopCall; 6173 else 6174 TopBind = nullptr; 6175 6176 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 6177 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 6178 6179 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 6180 // decltype expression. 6181 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 6182 return E; 6183 6184 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 6185 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 6186 I != N; ++I) { 6187 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 6188 if (Call == TopCall) 6189 continue; 6190 6191 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 6192 Call->getLocStart(), 6193 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 6194 return ExprError(); 6195 } 6196 6197 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 6198 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 6199 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 6200 I != N; ++I) { 6201 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 6202 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 6203 if (Bind == TopBind) 6204 continue; 6205 6206 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 6207 6208 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 6209 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6210 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 6211 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 6212 6213 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6214 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6215 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6216 << Bind->getType()); 6217 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 6218 return ExprError(); 6219 6220 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6221 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6222 } 6223 6224 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 6225 return E; 6226 } 6227 6228 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 6229 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 6230 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 6231 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 6232 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 6233 unsigned Limit = 9; 6234 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 6235 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 6236 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 6237 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 6238 } 6239 6240 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 6241 if (I == SkipStart) { 6242 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 6243 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 6244 << SkipCount; 6245 I += SkipCount; 6246 } else { 6247 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 6248 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 6249 ++I; 6250 } 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6255 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6256 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6257 ParsedType &ObjectType, 6258 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 6259 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 6260 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 6261 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6262 Base = Result.get(); 6263 6264 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6265 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6266 Base = Result.get(); 6267 6268 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 6269 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 6270 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 6271 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 6272 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 6273 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 6274 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 6275 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 6276 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6277 6278 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6279 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6280 return Base; 6281 } 6282 6283 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 6284 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 6285 // returned, with the original second operand. 6286 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6287 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 6288 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 6289 bool FirstIteration = true; 6290 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 6291 // The set of types we've considered so far. 6292 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 6293 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 6294 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 6295 6296 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6297 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 6298 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 6299 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 6300 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6301 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 6302 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 6303 return ExprError(); 6304 } 6305 6306 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 6307 S, Base, OpLoc, 6308 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 6309 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 6310 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 6311 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 6312 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6313 ? nullptr 6314 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 6315 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6316 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 6317 if (FirstIteration) { 6318 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6319 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 6320 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6321 OpKind = tok::period; 6322 break; 6323 } 6324 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 6325 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6326 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 6327 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 6328 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 6329 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 6330 } 6331 } 6332 return ExprError(); 6333 } 6334 Base = Result.get(); 6335 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 6336 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 6337 BaseType = Base->getType(); 6338 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 6339 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 6340 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 6341 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6342 return ExprError(); 6343 } 6344 FirstIteration = false; 6345 } 6346 6347 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6348 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6349 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6350 } 6351 6352 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6353 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6354 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6355 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6356 6357 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6358 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6359 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6360 // postfix-expression. 6361 // 6362 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6363 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6364 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6365 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6366 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6367 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6368 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6369 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6370 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6371 return Base; 6372 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6373 ObjectType = nullptr; 6374 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6375 return Base; 6376 } 6377 6378 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6379 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6380 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6381 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6382 // the member function body. 6383 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6384 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6385 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6386 return ExprError(); 6387 6388 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6389 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6390 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6391 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6392 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6393 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6394 return Base; 6395 } 6396 6397 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6398 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6399 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6400 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6401 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6402 Base = result.get(); 6403 } 6404 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6405 6406 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6407 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6408 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6409 // This scalar type is the object type. 6410 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6411 // arrow operator. 6412 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6413 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6414 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6415 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6416 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6417 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6418 << ObjectType << true 6419 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6420 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6421 return true; 6422 6423 OpKind = tok::period; 6424 } 6425 } 6426 6427 return false; 6428 } 6429 6430 /// \brief Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on 6431 /// pointer objects. 6432 static bool 6433 canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef, 6434 QualType DestructedType) { 6435 // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable. 6436 if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 6437 if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD)) 6438 return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 6439 return false; 6440 } 6441 6442 // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor. 6443 return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() || 6444 DestructedType->isVectorType(); 6445 } 6446 6447 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6448 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6449 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6450 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6451 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6452 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6453 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6454 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6455 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6456 6457 QualType ObjectType; 6458 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6459 return ExprError(); 6460 6461 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6462 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6463 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6464 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6465 else { 6466 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6467 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6468 return ExprError(); 6469 } 6470 } 6471 6472 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6473 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6474 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6475 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6476 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6477 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6478 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6479 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6480 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6481 // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.: 6482 // Foo *foo; 6483 // foo.~Foo(); 6484 if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() && 6485 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, 6486 ObjectType->getPointeeType())) { 6487 auto Diagnostic = 6488 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6489 << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange(); 6490 6491 // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid. 6492 if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects( 6493 *this, DestructedType)) 6494 Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); 6495 6496 // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the 6497 // operator to '->'. 6498 ObjectType = DestructedType; 6499 OpKind = tok::arrow; 6500 } else { 6501 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6502 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6503 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6504 6505 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6506 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6507 DestructedTypeInfo = 6508 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart); 6509 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6510 } 6511 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6512 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6513 6514 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6515 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6516 // type. 6517 } else { 6518 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6519 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6520 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6521 } 6522 6523 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6524 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6525 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6526 DestructedTypeStart); 6527 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6528 } 6529 } 6530 } 6531 6532 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6533 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6534 // form 6535 // 6536 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6537 // 6538 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6539 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6540 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6541 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6542 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6543 6544 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6545 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6546 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6547 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6548 6549 ScopeType = QualType(); 6550 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6551 } 6552 } 6553 6554 Expr *Result 6555 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6556 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6557 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6558 ScopeTypeInfo, 6559 CCLoc, 6560 TildeLoc, 6561 Destructed); 6562 6563 return Result; 6564 } 6565 6566 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6567 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6568 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6569 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6570 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6571 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6572 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6573 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6574 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6575 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6576 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6577 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6578 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6579 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6580 6581 QualType ObjectType; 6582 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6583 return ExprError(); 6584 6585 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6586 // record types and dependent types matter. 6587 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6588 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6589 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6590 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6591 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6592 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6593 } 6594 6595 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6596 // type (with source-location information). 6597 QualType DestructedType; 6598 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6599 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6600 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6601 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6602 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6603 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, 6604 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6605 if (!T && 6606 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6607 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6608 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6609 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6610 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6611 // template instantiation time. 6612 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6613 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6614 } else if (!T) { 6615 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6616 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6617 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6618 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6619 return ExprError(); 6620 6621 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6622 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6623 } else 6624 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6625 } else { 6626 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6627 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6628 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6629 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6630 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6631 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6632 TemplateId->Template, 6633 TemplateId->Name, 6634 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6635 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6636 TemplateArgsPtr, 6637 TemplateId->RAngleLoc, 6638 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6639 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6640 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6641 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6642 } else 6643 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6644 } 6645 6646 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6647 // information. 6648 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6649 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6650 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6651 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6652 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6653 } 6654 6655 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6656 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6657 QualType ScopeType; 6658 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6659 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6660 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6661 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6662 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6663 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, 6664 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6665 if (!T) { 6666 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6667 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6668 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6669 6670 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6671 return ExprError(); 6672 6673 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6674 ScopeType = QualType(); 6675 } else 6676 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6677 } else { 6678 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6679 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6680 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6681 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6682 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6683 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6684 TemplateId->Template, 6685 TemplateId->Name, 6686 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6687 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6688 TemplateArgsPtr, 6689 TemplateId->RAngleLoc, 6690 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6691 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6692 // Recover by dropping this type. 6693 ScopeType = QualType(); 6694 } else 6695 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6696 } 6697 } 6698 6699 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6700 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6701 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6702 6703 6704 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6705 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6706 Destructed); 6707 } 6708 6709 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6710 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6711 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6712 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6713 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6714 QualType ObjectType; 6715 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6716 return ExprError(); 6717 6718 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6719 false); 6720 6721 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6722 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6723 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6724 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6725 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6726 6727 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6728 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6729 Destructed); 6730 } 6731 6732 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6733 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6734 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6735 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6736 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6737 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6738 // is a LambdaExpr. 6739 Expr *SubE = E; 6740 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6741 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6742 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6743 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6744 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6745 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6746 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6747 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6748 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6749 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6750 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6751 // autoreleased. 6752 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6753 PushExpressionEvaluationContext( 6754 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 6755 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6756 E->getExprLoc(), 6757 Method, E); 6758 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6759 6760 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6761 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6762 return Exp; 6763 } 6764 } 6765 6766 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6767 FoundDecl, Method); 6768 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6769 return true; 6770 6771 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6772 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6773 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6774 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6775 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6776 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6777 6778 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6779 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6780 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6781 6782 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6783 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6784 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6785 6786 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE, 6787 Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) 6788 return ExprError(); 6789 6790 return CE; 6791 } 6792 6793 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6794 SourceLocation RParen) { 6795 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6796 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6797 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6798 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6799 if (R.isInvalid()) 6800 return R; 6801 6802 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6803 Operand = R.get(); 6804 6805 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6806 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6807 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6808 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6809 } 6810 6811 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6812 return new (Context) 6813 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6814 } 6815 6816 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6817 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6818 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6819 } 6820 6821 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6822 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6823 // according to [expr]p10: 6824 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6825 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6826 // one of the following forms: 6827 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6828 6829 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6830 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6831 return true; 6832 6833 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6834 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6835 return true; 6836 6837 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6838 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6839 return true; 6840 6841 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6842 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6843 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6844 return true; 6845 6846 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6847 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6848 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6849 return true; 6850 6851 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6852 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6853 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6854 } 6855 6856 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6857 // operands are one of the above, or 6858 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6859 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6860 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6861 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6862 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6863 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6864 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6865 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6866 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6867 } 6868 6869 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6870 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6871 return true; 6872 6873 return false; 6874 } 6875 6876 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6877 /// context that ignores the result. 6878 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6879 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6880 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6881 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6882 E = result.get(); 6883 } 6884 6885 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6886 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6887 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6888 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6889 if (E->isRValue()) { 6890 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6891 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6892 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6893 // some clients. 6894 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6895 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6896 6897 return E; 6898 } 6899 6900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6901 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6902 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6903 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6904 // conversion. 6905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6906 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6907 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6908 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6909 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6910 return E; 6911 E = Res.get(); 6912 } 6913 6914 // C++1z: 6915 // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the 6916 // temporary materialization conversion is applied. 6917 // 6918 // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for 6919 // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is 6920 // just clutter. 6921 // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this. 6922 // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this? 6923 return E; 6924 } 6925 6926 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6927 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6928 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6929 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6930 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6931 return E; 6932 } 6933 } 6934 6935 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6936 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6937 return E; 6938 E = Res.get(); 6939 6940 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6941 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6942 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6943 return E; 6944 } 6945 6946 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6947 // in a constant expression, return true. 6948 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6949 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6950 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6951 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6952 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6953 // never be a constant expression. 6954 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6955 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6956 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6957 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6958 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6959 ASTContext &Context) { 6960 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6961 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6962 6963 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6964 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6965 assert(DefVD); 6966 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6967 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6968 6969 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6970 6971 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6972 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6973 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6974 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6975 return false; 6976 } 6977 6978 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6979 } 6980 6981 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6982 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6983 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6984 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6985 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6986 /// need to be captured. 6987 6988 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6989 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6990 6991 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6992 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6993 #ifndef NDEBUG 6994 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 6995 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 6996 DC = DC->getParent(); 6997 assert( 6998 CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && 6999 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 7000 #endif // NDEBUG 7001 7002 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 7003 7004 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 7005 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 7006 7007 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 7008 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 7009 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 7010 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 7011 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 7012 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 7013 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 7014 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 7015 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 7016 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 7017 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 7018 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 7019 // For e.g.: 7020 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 7021 // int test() { 7022 // const int x = 10; 7023 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7024 // (void) +x + a; 7025 // }; 7026 // } 7027 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 7028 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 7029 continue; 7030 7031 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 7032 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 7033 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7034 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7035 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 7036 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7037 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 7038 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7039 } 7040 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 7041 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 7042 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 7043 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 7044 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 7045 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 7046 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 7047 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 7048 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 7049 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 7050 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 7051 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 7052 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 7053 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 7054 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 7055 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 7056 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 7057 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 7058 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 7059 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 7060 DeclRefType, nullptr); 7061 } 7062 } 7063 } 7064 7065 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 7066 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 7067 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 7068 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 7069 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7070 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7071 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 7072 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7073 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 7074 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 7075 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7076 } 7077 } 7078 7079 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 7080 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 7081 } 7082 7083 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 7084 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 7085 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 7086 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 7087 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 7088 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 7089 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 7090 7091 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 7092 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7093 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 7094 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 7095 NewSS = *SS; 7096 7097 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 7098 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 7099 R.addDecl(ND); 7100 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 7101 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 7102 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 7103 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7104 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 7105 if (!Record) 7106 Record = 7107 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 7108 if (Record) 7109 R.setNamingClass(Record); 7110 7111 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 7112 // member. 7113 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 7114 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 7115 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7116 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 7117 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7118 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 7119 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7120 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 7121 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7122 else 7123 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 7124 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 7125 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 7126 7127 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 7128 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 7129 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 7130 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 7131 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 7132 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 7133 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 7134 } 7135 } 7136 7137 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 7138 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 7139 } 7140 7141 namespace { 7142 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 7143 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 7144 7145 public: 7146 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 7147 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 7148 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 7149 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 7150 return true; 7151 } 7152 }; 7153 7154 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 7155 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 7156 7157 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 7158 // process of being initialized. 7159 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 7160 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 7161 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 7162 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 7163 7164 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 7165 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 7166 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 7167 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 7168 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 7169 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 7170 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 7171 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7172 if (State.DiagHandler) { 7173 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 7174 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 7175 7176 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 7177 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 7178 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 7179 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 7180 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 7181 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 7182 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 7183 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 7184 7185 State.DiagHandler(TC); 7186 } 7187 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 7188 } 7189 } 7190 7191 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 7192 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 7193 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 7194 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 7195 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 7196 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 7197 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 7198 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 7199 /// of corrections. 7200 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 7201 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 7202 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7203 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7204 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 7205 return true; 7206 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7207 } 7208 return false; 7209 } 7210 7211 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 7212 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 7213 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 7214 7215 if (!E) 7216 return nullptr; 7217 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 7218 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 7219 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 7220 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 7221 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 7222 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 7223 // contain multiple decls. 7224 return nullptr; 7225 } 7226 7227 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 7228 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7229 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 7230 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 7231 return ExprError(); 7232 7233 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 7234 } 7235 7236 public: 7237 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 7238 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 7239 7240 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7241 MultiExprArg Args, 7242 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 7243 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 7244 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 7245 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 7246 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 7247 if (Result.isUsable()) { 7248 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 7249 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 7250 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 7251 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 7252 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 7253 } 7254 } 7255 return Result; 7256 } 7257 7258 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7259 7260 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7261 7262 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 7263 ExprResult Res; 7264 while (true) { 7265 Res = TryTransform(E); 7266 7267 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 7268 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 7269 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 7270 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 7271 break; 7272 } 7273 7274 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 7275 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 7276 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 7277 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 7278 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 7279 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 7280 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 7281 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 7282 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 7283 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 7284 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 7285 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 7286 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7287 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 7288 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7289 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 7290 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7291 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7292 Res = ExprError(); 7293 break; 7294 } 7295 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 7296 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 7297 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 7298 } 7299 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 7300 7301 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 7302 if (!Res.isUsable()) 7303 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 7304 7305 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 7306 7307 return Res; 7308 } 7309 7310 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 7311 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 7312 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 7313 // first one that was encountered. 7314 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 7315 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 7316 return CacheEntry; 7317 } 7318 7319 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 7320 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 7321 7322 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 7323 // typo correction and return it. 7324 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 7325 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 7326 continue; 7327 // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's 7328 // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction. 7329 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 7330 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 7331 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 7332 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 7333 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 7334 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 7335 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 7336 TypoCorrection Next; 7337 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 7338 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 7339 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 7340 } else { 7341 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 7342 } 7343 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 7344 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 7345 return CacheEntry = NE; 7346 } 7347 } 7348 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 7349 } 7350 }; 7351 } 7352 7353 ExprResult 7354 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 7355 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 7356 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 7357 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 7358 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 7359 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 7360 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 7361 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 7362 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 7363 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 7364 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 7365 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 7366 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 7367 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 7368 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 7369 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 7370 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 7371 return Result; 7372 } 7373 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 7374 } 7375 return E; 7376 } 7377 7378 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 7379 bool DiscardedValue, 7380 bool IsConstexpr, 7381 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 7382 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 7383 7384 if (!FullExpr.get()) 7385 return ExprError(); 7386 7387 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 7388 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 7389 // containing full-expression is done). 7390 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 7391 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 7392 // return a; 7393 // }() ...); 7394 // } 7395 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 7396 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 7397 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 7398 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 7399 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 7400 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 7401 // parser/instantiation has got to). 7402 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 7403 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 7404 return ExprError(); 7405 7406 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7407 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7408 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7409 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7410 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7411 return ExprError(); 7412 } 7413 7414 if (DiscardedValue) { 7415 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7416 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7417 return ExprError(); 7418 7419 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7420 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7421 return ExprError(); 7422 } 7423 7424 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7425 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7426 return ExprError(); 7427 7428 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7429 7430 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7431 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7432 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7433 // Consider the following code: 7434 // void f(int, int); 7435 // void f(const int&, double); 7436 // void foo() { 7437 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7438 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7439 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7440 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7441 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7442 // }; 7443 // }; 7444 // } 7445 7446 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7447 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7448 // void f() { 7449 // const int n = 0; 7450 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7451 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7452 // }; 7453 // } 7454 // 7455 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7456 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7457 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7458 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7459 7460 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = 7461 getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true); 7462 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7463 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7464 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7465 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7466 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7467 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7468 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7469 // "Alternative suggestion: 7470 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7471 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7472 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7473 // constructor/destructor. 7474 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7475 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7476 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7477 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 7478 DC = DC->getParent(); 7479 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC); 7480 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7481 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7482 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7483 *this); 7484 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7485 } 7486 7487 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7488 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7489 7490 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7491 } 7492 7493 Sema::IfExistsResult 7494 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7495 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7496 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7497 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7498 if (!TargetName) 7499 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7500 7501 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7502 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7503 return IER_Dependent; 7504 7505 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7506 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7507 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7508 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7509 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7510 7511 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7512 case LookupResult::Found: 7513 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7514 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7515 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7516 return IER_Exists; 7517 7518 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7519 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7520 7521 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7522 return IER_Dependent; 7523 } 7524 7525 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7526 } 7527 7528 Sema::IfExistsResult 7529 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7530 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7531 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7532 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7533 7534 // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack. 7535 auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists; 7536 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) || 7537 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC)) 7538 return IER_Error; 7539 7540 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7541 } 7542